front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider
1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Indentation\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Use of the passive voice\n\nMatthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:1 vpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:3 g8y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram 0 Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5 q5bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ 1 **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:11 v2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:12 y7cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:16 b3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:16 wdbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:16 z2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:17 z5xw τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
1:18 gnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:18 cqt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:18 xvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1:18 in4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:18 q6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:18 a71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:19 pu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:20 iip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1:20 lc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:20 va5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:21 j38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:22 c1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:22 p39k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22 e8ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:23 sln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 The word **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:23 wlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:23 lm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:24 iue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:25 i7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nThese were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:1 j9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 The phrase **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:1 kf5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:1 p6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:2 w3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:2 zj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
2:3 qu3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:3 b0gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2:3 mc1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2:4 ne4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:5 w68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:5 o460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2:6 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:6 rihn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruling one**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah speaks of this ruler as one **who will shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:8 jtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 Herod first says **having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem** but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2:11 q8vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **having fallen down, they worshiped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:11 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:11 kidl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:13 v88f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:15 ft3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:15 we5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:15 s792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2:16 g513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:16 d8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:17 l8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18 k91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18 x062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:18 zm17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:18 rgg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18 p9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:20 hz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:22 h4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 The word **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:23 dx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.\n\n### “Kingdom of heaven”\n\n“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)\n\n### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”\n\nFruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMatthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.
3:1 xp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1 ifa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces **John** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:2 hvx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3 fl4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:3 yhe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:3 hxb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:3 s62r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:3 n7lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:3 j99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
3:4 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:4 su9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:4 wo34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:4 xgxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:5 j8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:5 zys1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:6 v5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:9 eedc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:10 d4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:10 a8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 The phrase **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:11 c1xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 Here, **to carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:11 gtm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:12 gcq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:12 sq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:12 b5m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:12 r2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:12 av8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:13 vl93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:13 zbj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:14 cl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:15 h6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:15 wdcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:16 inf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16 jh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16 e3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
3:17 m2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
3:17 myz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
4:1 k51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:1 aq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
4:2 cuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:4 i33v οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
4:4 d010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:4 xbai rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:4 jl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 The metaphor **coming from the mouth of God** refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:6 x2vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:6 dnrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:6 x6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:6 fa8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:6 f1mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε 1 This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:7 fn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:7 c7t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:8 d12q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:9 al72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:9 eas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐὰν πεσὼν 1 This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4:10 k49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:10 rig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:12 v7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4:12 d1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:13 hpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:15 egx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
4:16 fsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 Here, **the people** being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 1 Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:16 j6gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:16 nn1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 The latter part of the sentence, **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen**, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:18 yrx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:18 yfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18 yyiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:18 qmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4:19 y3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 **Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:19 n9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 **I will make you fishers of men** means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21 utn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:23 jt3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23 nr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:23 ljkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, **every** here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:24 i296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:24 hwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:24 unqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς 1 Here, **all the ones having sickness** is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:24 p3nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:24 qk4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25 i9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples”\n\nIt is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles.\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
5:1 c5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:2 q9mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3 jhdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3 o3y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:3 od1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:3 j7ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3 wpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:4 u8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:4 pgy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:4 lie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:5 mvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:6 bi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:6 hlq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:8 s9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8 t6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:9 tv19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:10 bqu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:10 f3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:11 t5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν 1 The word **you**, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:11 eez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:12 ssk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
5:12 bpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:13 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται 1 This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:13 yoif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:13 e7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:13 ojrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
5:14 wgh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:14 bn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:14 ny4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:15 s5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον 1 See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:15 c8el rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the words **but rather** is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:16 qhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 **Let your light shine before men** means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:16 iiu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:16 ouqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:17 gg3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 This refers to what **the prophets** wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:17 re9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:17 jirt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:18 cv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:18 ylz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:19 uxz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
5:19 hxl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:19 bg2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:20 zqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:21 mij2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:22 d5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:22 w721 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
5:22 i9r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:23 chv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:24 z9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:24 q08w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:25 x4ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:25 sr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 An **accuser** is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:25 x1tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ 1 Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:25 lr2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:25 nev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ 1 Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:25 pq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:25 gcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:25 pzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:27 jxg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:28 glg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:29 et3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:29 ikp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:29 y0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:29 v6jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:29 v1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:29 v687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, **one of your members** is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:30 wtyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5:30 zx8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:30 qs74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:30 pdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:31 dh23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:32 j2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
5:32 zai7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:33 fk86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:33 tk9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:34 u7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:35 e7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:35 mvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:36 l9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:36 z5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς 1 To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:38 zar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:38 w53l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:39 qrx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῷ πονηρῷ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:40 gr2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:40 t9f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον 1 The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:41 i867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅστις 1 The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:41 i86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μίλιον ἕν 1 Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:41 zv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:43 cyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἠκούσατε & σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:43 fp6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:43 tqj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:45 my3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:45 jzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
5:45 syjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:45 qj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:46 se4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:46 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:47 ba6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν 1 Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:48 l6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMatthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”\n\nYou may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:1 zvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:1 bgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:1 vvm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:1 p335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:1 juj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:1 x9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:2 d8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not sound your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:2 bc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 The word **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:2 dk6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:2 q6dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
6:3 z4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ & σου & σου 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:3 vca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:5 m54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:5 d6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταί 1 See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:5 rzpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:5 ub7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:6 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:6 kkn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:7 z0v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:7 a8ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:8 wdj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:8 nv9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:9 mq4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:9 sxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς 1 Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:9 sc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:9 knx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:9 tqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:10 n67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:10 pdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:11 dft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:12 yi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:13 l8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can express **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:13 r6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:13 zfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
6:14 xvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:15 lk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:16 xv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:16 ix6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
6:17 c20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ & σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:17 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:18 m56a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
6:19 tqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σὴς 1 A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:19 z9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:19 enl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:20 v5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:21 y55l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου 1 Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:21 b74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:22 g215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:22 sbl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:22 hvrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
6:23 dl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
6:24 z5ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:24 ijn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:24 zt2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:25 s5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε 1 Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:25 nt96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:28 him2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:29 u7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:29 sqg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:30 xykl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:30 uf36 χόρτον 1 If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:30 ym2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:32 unz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:33 ep2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:33 ak39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:34 xdg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
7:1 xk6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 It is implied here that the word **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:1 bk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:2 kj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:2 ifm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:2 tbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:2 wmxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:2 c006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:3 hzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3 d2qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Here and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:7 rt8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρούετε 1 To **Knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:10 y9q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:10 t19o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
7:11 t3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, **the Law and the Prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12 y4f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, **for this is the Law and the Prophets** means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:13 dgr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:13 zv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:14 wlr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:14 gdji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 Here, a **sheep** means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called **wolves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:19 xwrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:19 g7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:20 x87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:21 dkh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
7:21 l1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:23 d4y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 **I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:24 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:24 qw6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:24 dy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέτραν 1 Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25 bv81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:26 nw97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:26 o85y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:27 k4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:28 jrh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
7:28 fo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:1 qb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:2 vas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν 1 This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:2 yc3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
8:2 yjn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:3 lj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:4 zi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:4 tq9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:4 rj8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
8:6 cr8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικός 1 Someone who is **paralyzed** is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8 p7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:8 hig7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
8:8 rk1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:9 ds2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:9 da25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:9 qz61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:10 c7y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:10 fjgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:11 xee4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8:11 mt2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:11 u4sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:11 qmc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12 ks3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:12 aug7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12 pf26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
8:12 liu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12 gww4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:13 ki92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:13 sdn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:14 ynh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυρέσσουσαν 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:15 w7nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:16 pwr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:16 f1cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:17 r3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:17 x9vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
8:17 eyu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:18 a2pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:20 pqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
8:20 ub5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:20 qqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:20 qvm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:20 yl4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:22 h7fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:24 m6w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:25 b2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:26 g8p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:26 r5ve ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
8:27 u2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? 1 This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:27 k5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:28 yzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:28 hz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:29 gr2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:29 jcq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
8:29 u4jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:29 uw6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:30 v91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:31 tf32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:31 cgf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:33 ev2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:34 j6sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:34 xb5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
9:1 lje9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:2 szd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:2 iys2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:4 u643 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:4 n4yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:4 d499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:5 j716 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:5 mk14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:5 x05v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:6 n5sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰδῆτε & σου & σου 1 Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
9:6 td1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:6 k6rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:8 x71s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:10 f9lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11 z4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:12 m7fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:12 tl42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:12 uhc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
9:12 n33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:13 a886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:14 k8vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
9:14 vhnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:15 r8if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:15 xnp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:15 iz9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:15 p6hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:16 j9fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:16 yf98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:17 s13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:17 plli rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὐδὲ 1 Here, **Neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
9:17 pyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
9:17 hv8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:17 l68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
9:17 i8v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:18 a7ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:18 a4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄρχων εἷς 1 This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:18 n1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:20 gv15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
9:20 m9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
9:21 eb6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:21 ukb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:22 x398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship θύγατερ 1 Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
9:22 q6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **healed** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:22 zv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:23 jae1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:24 pc1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the **girl** who **died** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
9:25 nqs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:25 r7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
9:25 mm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:26 rxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 It is said that **this report went out** as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:26 pfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:27 d8bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **Have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:27 dh5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
9:28 e81f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:29 w92e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:30 uk2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:30 qa39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:30 t6p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:32 sh32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:32 n6fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:33 y4l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:34 z2r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:35 x9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:35 uz5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:35 e7at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:36 t47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
9:37 al89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
9:37 mur4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:37 kxap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐργάται 1 Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:38 vz8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:38 s7ir ἐργάτας 1 See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse.
10:intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sending of the 12 disciples\n\nMany verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
10:1 nhp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:1 x1er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:2 t59v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10:2 sc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 Here, **first** means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
10:4 n4st rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος 1 The word **Zealot** refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:4 kmp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 Matthew writes **having even betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
10:5 sn9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
10:5 yix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέστειλεν 1 Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:6 oxi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:6 q1pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:6 b6i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 The **house of Israel** refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:7 w59i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:8 bb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:8 ilj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:9 b4m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν 1 Their **belts** were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:9 a4xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 **gold**, **silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:10 kia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πήραν 1 A **bag** is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:10 i2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δύο χιτῶνας 1 Use the plural of the word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:10 m97h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the **laborer**, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:11 a41d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:12 n6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:13 kc9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:14 wpjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
10:15 sg3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:15 p8t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:15 zmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:16 b262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:16 s21a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like **serpents** and **harmless** like **doves** around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:17 fct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown συνέδρια 1 The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:18 pe3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ & ἀχθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:18 p74k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
10:19 e5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10:19 ien3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **or**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **or**. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
10:19 l7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:19 gosj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν 1 Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:19 cm7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:20 vjlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:20 v9tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:20 k3xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:21 lh6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:21 p8w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:21 j5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα 1 Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:22 sp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:22 c7jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:22 n3xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:22 k5w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ὑπομείνας 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:22 qn7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:23 m42z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:23 jjd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “flee to the next city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:23 dk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
10:23 tm8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:24 p8mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:24 syb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:25 e6z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:25 pu5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:25 y5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
10:25 r5ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:26 x4o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:26 cnzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:26 xqs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:26 j86e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:27 fa1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:27 kw75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private,” and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:27 fc49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:27 v1b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:28 pk7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase **But instead**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:28 w5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννῃ 1 Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:28 x3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεέννῃ 1 Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:29 tm3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:29 glbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:29 q22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στρουθία 1 These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:29 i399 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀσσαρίου 1 An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:29 zayd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:29 wxt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:29 id3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
10:29 us0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 When Jesus says **apart from your Father**, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:29 fe8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:30 cih3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:32 n1nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:32 lo11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:32 b8cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:33 d15s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:33 p2wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:34 l5ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:34 uaap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:34 jq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 Here the use of the word **sword** means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:35 xx5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:37 fb3p οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md).
10:38 ye95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **take up his cross** means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:39 u4jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:39 jwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει 1 Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:39 pbf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:40 c77e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:40 y9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that for the one who **receives** Jesus, it is the same as **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:41 f9pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:41 yj1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 This **reward** being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:42 v6jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:42 z8tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:42 d61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:3 hrk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
11:5 dyxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
11:5 tjuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:5 sd6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:5 v274 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:5 k796 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:5 g3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:7 d4lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων δὲ πορευομένων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:7 ydn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:19 dsak rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre and Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:22 ibpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise and intelligent** even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:27 gd67 πάντα 1 The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
11:27 j3vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:27 s1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
11:27 esp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:27 l8xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:28 t2jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a **yoke**, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”
12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 The word **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:31 kqx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … when one blasphemes against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:32 gwx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, the word **word** is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:32 h79z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:32 z3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:32 lw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:33 bi8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
12:33 kl16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καλὸν & σαπρὸν 1 The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:33 nx9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:34 r1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:34 e7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:34 i7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:34 e9bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:35 r3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
12:36 t2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
12:36 ay18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:39 a5di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:39 j21p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:40 vh9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας -1 The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
12:40 hzem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:40 iuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:40 gg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “under the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:41 sn8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Nineveh will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:41 gnh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 The phrase **will stand up at the judgment** could mean: (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgment”
12:41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md)
12:41 dbs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:41 zb6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:42 zwv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
12:42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse.
12:42 q8q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:42 t521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:42 aj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:42 uf5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:43 tnea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables δὲ 1 In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:43 f5jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:44 ty9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:44 cd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:44 s6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:47 qd32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:48 e535 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:49 rxe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
12:50 e25c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
12:50 mq9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
12:50 s0yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:50 gn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family, which is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metaphor\n\nSpeakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
13:1 vx5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:1 cy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
13:2 d16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:2 d0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
13:3 o5f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:3 f5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
13:4 qr2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:5,7-8 ql87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα -1 In these verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:6 pz44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:6 qq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 k69q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:7 vt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:8 iwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:9 q2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:9 gkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:11 fc5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:11 xq2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:11 rcd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:11 ah6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:12 x34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus speaks of understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that for whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand more. But for whoever does not understand, God will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But for whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
13:12 j3rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὅστις & ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** is referring to people in general and not to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
13:12 v61y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:14 jz9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
13:14 a1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15 tfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a person's mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:15 ps56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:15 q1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16 glp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:16 rlt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:16 xczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:17 bsj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε 1 All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:17 e6ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 The phrase **what you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:17 lslf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but did not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:17 q14w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 The phrase **the things you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:18 w35t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος 1 Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:19 v2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun παντὸς ἀκούοντος 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People hearing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
13:19 suhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:19 het1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the word **kingdom** is referring to the circumstance where God will rule, and people will gladly submit to his rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God will rule over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:19 uo3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:19 a8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **had been sown** in a person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:19 sb7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:19 r9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:19 xi8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:19 wfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:20 l5iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & σπαρείς 1 The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:20 rnct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives the message has not fully believed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:20 w4f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:20 cl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:20 z76f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:21 zg9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 This expression, **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary**, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:21 ixil rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 Here, the second word **but** introduces a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
13:21 lxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:21 xv50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:21 lim9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:22 d4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & σπαρείς 1 Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md)
13:22 a3u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον -1 See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:22 q2nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The phrase **the worry of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fretting about the expense of living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:22 wwf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
13:22 gn6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:23 xw4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:23 ptb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:23 wm3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:23 i4t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:24 l5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:24 xkov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:24 iiv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 It is unknown to whom the pronoun **them** refers. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
13:24-30 k8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by using the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:24 f8j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:24 u21k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:25 q4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 Here, **darnel** is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:27 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:27 fb86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας 1 The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
13:29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
13:30 z36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items.
13:31 tdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:31 jw7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:31 qby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:32 gyi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
13:32 g6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:33 z94k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:33 w8sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:33 xc9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 Bakers use **yeast** to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:33 r88g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
13:34 nt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:34 n54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 The phrase **All these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:34 a5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
13:35 ybq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:35 p3tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
13:35 f9gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:35 yx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:35 th8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
13:36 pq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:37 xj4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:38 h9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:38 eni3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:40 rn64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:40 hzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** means "like this," and it tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain the meaning of the parable in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the end days, it will be like this:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
13:41 fiy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:41 p5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:41 ptw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:42 d9md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:42 zu3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
13:43 azqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:43 u6sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 Here, Jesus is describing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:43 j487 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “when they are dwelling with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:43 sea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
13:43 zxh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:44-46 fjm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:44 tac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with when a person finds **treasure**. He is saying that God's kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:44 e9cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:44 wg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:44 k9rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:45 c633 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:45 znbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:45 auj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:45 khy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:45 b88q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:47 vw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 # General Information\n\n\nJesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:47 s2dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo 0 Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
13:47 g79n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net cast into the see gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:47 rjm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:47 vrp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:48 aqhl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:48 cnp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:49 zawv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι 1 Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:49 ah2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:50 j8nf καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md).
13:51 p5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:52 g4dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:52 gr36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:52 ip6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πᾶς γραμματεὺς & ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is bringing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people whom they teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:52 g59c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **treasure** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:53 jwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to others is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
13:54 qnh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:54 q3ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:54 b3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:55 rk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:55 rpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:55 qspg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:56 m9pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:56 bnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:56 pqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:57 f5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:57 azn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
13:57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
13:57 w4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:58 e2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:2 pd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:2 vve7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
14:3-12 zgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:3 zsvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, Herod had John arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:3 d3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
14:3 h466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:3 lr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 **Philip** was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:4 n1t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:6 fvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:6 vdik rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:8 rhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:8 ruy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:9 s8zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:9 j6nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:11 nd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:11 pba6 πίνακι 1 See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
14:12 mq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:13 id97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:13 ia39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:13 ipm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:15 otp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:16 r5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:17 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους 1 If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:19 i34u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:19 t7ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: until they felt satisfied" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:25 pmw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:26 h7df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:30 sk3j βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 Here, **seeing the strong wind** means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves”
14:31 ia1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:31 cr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:33 u8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
14:34 cv3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:34 x9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:35 xd7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1 q6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:2 j1b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:2 yn6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:2 gfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:3 ia1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:4 srz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:5 ql75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:5 l8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:6 q3kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:6 znt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:7 t4fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
15:7 n4ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:8 qw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:8 bz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, both uses of the word **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:8 wuw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:8 q7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **far away from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:8 hr29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
15:9 vvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
15:11 s28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:12 l2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:13 n5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:13 j49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 The phrase **my heavenly Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
15:13 hs4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:14 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:18 ca1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:18 jt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:20 bme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
15:21 e5gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:21 t81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:22 x1wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
15:22 xs64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
15:22 j6rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:23 hd2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:24 t9ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:24 wfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
15:24 u9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **bowed down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
15:26 ihz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
15:28 tea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:28 n229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:28 wwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:29 np6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:30 c8td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
15:30 yf7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:30 gy3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
15:33 uhi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
15:34 k86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
15:36 a9s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
15:39 m8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
16:1 t7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πειράζοντες 1 Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:4 jl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:4 fhx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
16:5 ii6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:5 si9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
16:6 hfz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:13 e1jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:16 n5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or "people" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
16:17 gi3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:18 z897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:18 x43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:18 vu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:19 pp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ 1 Here Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:19 k09j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And **keys** can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:19 kc3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:19 ef9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:19 dy4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς -1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:21 yile rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day**, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
16:21 es1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:21 r5hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:21 jjx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:22 guz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:23 f28i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:24 t0zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἴ τις θέλει 1 The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
16:24 ck1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:24 pg9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:25 tp9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:26 g0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:27 vk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:28 wq13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:28 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
16:28 b2pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:28 etk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
17:2 kq4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:2 uxg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 By **us** Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: "I, the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:22 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 The word **hands** here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
18:3 h9w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:3 ch9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:4 rw2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
18:4 gf8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5 v4a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
18:5 i9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:5 dz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:6 ghp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:6 dxd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:6 w3uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος 1 A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:7 ees6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Jesus is using the term **world** to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 A **stumbling block** is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:8 vad7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
18:8 rios rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **stumble** means to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking individually to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:8 pc4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, Jesus says **life** to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:8 lhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:9 xad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
18:9 xruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person **to stumble**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if your eye lets you see things that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
18:9 q7tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 See how you translated **stumble** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:9 eii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular although Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:9 m8as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated **life** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:9 r1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:10 qnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 **See** is an idiom that here means “be sure that.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10 e9uf ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md).
18:10 geci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ καταφρονήσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
18:10 xdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10 iq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:12 h1vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τινι ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:14 fmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:14 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:15 kpe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
18:15 uyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to reprove him privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
18:15 yh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you. Then you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
18:16 i25x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here, **mouth** and **word** both refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:16 oea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they sinned against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
18:16 xv1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:16 kbrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
18:17 g3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Translate the hypothetical phrases **if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church** and **if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector** the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
18:17 kx28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen with a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them as you would treat a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:18 so62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 See how you translated the words **bind** and **release** in [16:19](../16/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus implies that he means not only **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:19 fqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:19 gs8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:19 i6zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:20 l7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:21 c9ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
18:21 e973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
18:22 b19x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language, or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:23 rqp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to** introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
18:23 bp72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, to **settle accounts** means to look at how much each of **his slaves** owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone brought him a large debtor who owed 10,000 talents to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 A **talent** was worth about a days wage, so **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who owed an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:27 mer0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **forgave him his debt** is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
18:29 i21c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:29 kk6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:34 e95u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “ordered his slaves to give the wicked slave over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:34 e14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the wicked slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:35 pm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:35 q8p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:35 c4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMatthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:4 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:5 n8zn καὶ εἶπεν 1 Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:5 xc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:5 af1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:5 a45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:5 vs06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σάρκα 1 Jesus is using the term **flesh** to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:6 m4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:6 gex5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σὰρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:6 ahoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
19:7 tv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they insisted. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses is telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:7 xml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:8 j6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:8 zu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means stubbornness. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are so stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:8 mgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Jesus is using the phrase **from the beginning** to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:9 eq8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
19:9 i1u0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται; καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
19:9 yl3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19:9 ps45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
19:11 h3a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs whom men made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their sexual organs, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in order to serve God, who rules as king from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:13 wjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMatthew is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:14 m219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative **do not forbid**. Alternate translation: “allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
19:14 kifm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 The phrases **Permit the little children** and **do not forbid** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
19:14 l1bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:17 sce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:17 d4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here, **to enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Jesus is using the term **follow me** to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:23 vh98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:23 ean2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:25 x1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:26 zsp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28 gey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:28 sx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **throne** to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated "throne" in the previous note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28 ci3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Jesus is using the term **tribes** to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:29 gq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 Jesus is using the term **name** to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:29 z8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 Here, to **inherit eternal life** is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:30 u8p3 πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean people's importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
20:1 q9qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equal to a day's wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:5 j3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:5 pip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:8 wq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **manager** is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:8 x6iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, **last** and **first** are referring to the **workers**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last and then paying the workers who came first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:9 gpkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:10 d2bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:12 vy87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 Here, **the ones having borne the burden** is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:13 qbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:15 h3uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:15 dus3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 See how you translated a similar verse in [19:30](../19/30.md).
20:16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** is on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:18 nf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
20:18 b2f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … me" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:18 s8uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20:19 rjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … to crucify me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:19 a9k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαστιγῶσαι 1 Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
20:19 pn84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:19 kr7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:20 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
20:21 gvrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
20:21 b8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Jesus is using the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “holding in places of power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:21 i9n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:22 gx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
20:22 i8nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δύνασθε 1 Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
20:22 f9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 Here, **to drink the cup that I am about to drink** is an idiom that means to suffer as Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:22 d4rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:22 rrl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **We**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
20:23 m4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 Here, **My cup you will drink** is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:23 aq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:23 mu7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:23 sj51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:23 x5f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
20:24 la38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 The other ten disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:26 y4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:28 iz71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:28 fmr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:28 zv1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to give his life** is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. 1 Here, the word **opened** means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
21:intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there was both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThis is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”\n\nNo one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
21:1 f8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ὅτε 1 Matthew is using the word translated **when** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
21:1 p3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 **Bethphage** is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:1 hofl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 The **Mount of Olives** is the name of a mountain near the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:2 wen2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὄνον δεδεμένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:2 pq2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεδεμένην 1 The donkey was **tied up** to a wooden post in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:2 ure7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 Here, **a colt** is a young donkey. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:3 o47q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει 1 Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say, ‘The Lord has need of them’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
21:3 qwvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you should say that the Lord has need of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:3 hiro rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος 1 The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
21:4 n979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:4 x3up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 Here, the **prophet** whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:4 inek rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
21:5 whn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 The prophet is using the phrase **daughter of Zion** to mean the people who live in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:5 e9pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:5 fx3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here, the **colt** and the **foal of a beast of burden** are referring to the same animal. The second phrase is describing more about the **colt**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on a colt, which is a foal of a beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:5 a6qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here, a **foal** is the offspring of donkey. A **beast of burden** is an animal that pulls heavy objects and works. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of a large working animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:7 y6en rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated “cloak” in [9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:8 t29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 The crowd did these things, which are usually done for a king, to show honor to Jesus. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
21:9 ky4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ 1 **Hosanna** is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Praise … Praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
21:9 ysb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 See how you translated **Son of David** in [20:30](../20/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:9 q52t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The people are using the term **in the name of the Lord** to mean one who comes representing God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “representing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:9 g73z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 The people are using the phrase **in the highest places** to refer to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:10 f1ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this stirred the whole city, and its people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:10 cb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 Matthew is using the term **city** to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:11 nqb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here, the possessive form tells the reader that **Nazareth** is a town in the region of **Galilee**. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, which is in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
21:12 y9j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered the courtyard around the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:12 w7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 Merchants were **selling** animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one buying and selling things for temple sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:13 kp7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13 q41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It has been written that God’s temple would be called a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:13 z8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People will call my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13 n9v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:13 bd8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as **a house of prayer**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place where people can pray to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:13 c7l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:14 a2sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **blind** and **lame** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were blind and people who were lame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
21:14 aku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χωλοὶ 1 See how you translated **lame** in [11:5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:15 hft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ θαυμάσια 1 This phrase refers implicitly to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “the miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:15 fqr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ 1 See how you translated **Hosanna*** in [21:9](../21/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
21:15 c6k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:15 r3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 It is implied that they were **very angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:16 zx4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:16 luy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ναί οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the Scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:16 qa9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 **From the mouths** refers to speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to speak in praise of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:16 jgu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Have you not read that God said that from the mouths of infants and young children he would prepare praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:17 hoes rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 The word **Bethany** is the name of a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:18 q488 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Matthew is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
21:19 l3bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
21:19 h2la rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
21:21 nd3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what they could do if they had faith in God. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “suppose you have faith and do not doubt. Then you will not only do what I did to the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
21:21 mwl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21:21 zyrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **doubt**. Alternate translation: “believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:21 r61a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε 1 The phrase **what was of the fig tree** is referring to what Jesus did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will not only be able to do what I did to the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:21 jf9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea, and it will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:21 erml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Get up and throw yourself into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:23 uge9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Matthew is using **temple** to represent the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he had come into the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:23 m6cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had gone into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
21:23 mtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who authorized you to do these things, and who authorized you in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:23 s1w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “teach these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:25 r7ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:25 th4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
21:25 vvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:25 seb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
21:25 jmg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:26 zxn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:26 iysl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John's authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men’. Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
21:26 vn6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they all regard John as a prophet, we fear the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:26 hhrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 The chief priests and elders say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “generally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21:27 foa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who authorized me to do these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:28 u56n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 To the religious leaders, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But what do you think about this story I am about to tell you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
21:28 iem2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should consider what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:28 y2an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν 1 Your language may say “come” rather than gone in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
21:29 b96z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. Alternate translation: “having reconsidered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:29 ub09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὕστερον δὲ 1 The word translated **afterward** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “But later, after this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
21:31 ec9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the kingdom of God** to mean God ruling over people as a king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:32 a8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel, not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to all of you people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:32 n2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “teaching you what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21:32 c5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:33 nn9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nTo rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
21:33 eu7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 This was an arrangement known as sharecropping. The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest. Be sure that this is clear in your translation if your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:33 vp8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Jesus likely does not mean that the farmers literally **threw** the son out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “they seized him and forced him out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:35 n1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to the landowner. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:40 x1ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:41 ss2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 Matthew does not make specify who answered Jesus, but it seems implicitly from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders replied to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:42 z9tm λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
21:42 x8zh Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
21:42 kk7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** explicit, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the Scriptures, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:42 mcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:42 uid2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
21:42 el83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:43 s93a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:43 c7pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:43 v89z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:43 x9nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:43 cm2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:44 r7up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. Since Jesus is referring here to his earlier quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the imagery, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:44 e7qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:45 gh8w Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nThe religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
21:45 qpy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these parables that Jesus told” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wedding Feast\n\nIn the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](../22/01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepared for his son who had just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare himself to come to the feast. God will throw such people out from the feast.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable says, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumes that the hearers will understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. But in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([22:45](../22/45.md)).
22:2 xps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens is like** in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:3 wur1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that the “king” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the king invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 c7x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 See how you translated **the ones who have been invited** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 arqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, commanding them to tell the ones who had been invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:4 af2a rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα 1 The king did not kill **prepare** the **dinner** himself. The implication is that his **servants** did that. Alternate translation: “my servants have prepared my dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:4 xu4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “my servants” did it. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 ro9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 Here, **have been killed** means that they have been both slaughtered and prepared to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My oxen and fattened calves have been prepared to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:6 hooe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν 1 This does not mean that the **others** both **mistreated** and **killed** the same servants. Rather, some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed other servants. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “mistreated some of the servants and killed others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:7 f1da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this provoked the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:7 la7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους 1 The king did not kill **those murderers** himself. The implication is that **his soldiers** did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers killed those murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:8 k98u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & κεκλημένοι 1 See how you translated **the ones who had been invited** in [22:4](../22/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:10 uva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:10 sjgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism πάντας οὓς εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 Jesus says the words **evil** and **good** to show that they invited everyone who was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people whom they found there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
22:10 c6ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:10 fy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ γάμος 1 A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:12 c7iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 The king uses a question to scold the guest. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:13 jmp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:13 olin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 When the king commands his servants to bind this man **foot and hand**, this does not mean that he wants them to tie the man’s feet to his hands. Rather, this is an idiom that means to bind his hands together and his feet together. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After you bind his hands together and his feet together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:13 rpy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:13 s9ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:14 hy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people to be with him forever, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:14 yz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “So in the same way as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
22:15 y826 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:15 u2mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees literally wanted to catch Jesus in a trap or **entrap** him. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say or do something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how they might cause him to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:15 assh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something that Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:16 eae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman government. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their disciples, who paid taxes only to the temple, along with the Herodians, who paid taxes to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:16 rf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 **Herodians** is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:16 hhne rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness Διδάσκαλε 1 The Pharisees and Herodians are addressing to Jesus by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation, here and in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
22:16 z92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:16 t2qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 2 Here, **you do not look at the face of men** is an idiom that means that before you speak, you do not consider what others might think about what you say. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not worry what others will think of what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:17 a9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Καίσαρι 1 The religious leaders are using the term **Caesar** to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:18 a2ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly should not test me, you hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:19 cie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day's wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
22:20 ue7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:21 eseu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:23 wqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The phrase translated **On that day** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “Later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:24 xl5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:24 id3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει 1 Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
22:24 u7dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what seed means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:25 ag5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
22:25 njdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
22:26 pnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 The Sadducees are using the adjectives **second**, **third** and **seventh** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seventh brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:27 t7md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὕστερον & πάντων 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate a particular group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the people. Alternate translation: “all these people we have told you about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:28 s743 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:28 mx5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **seven** as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:29 p1ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾶσθε 1 Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been **led astray** or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:29 e2t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 Jesus is saying that they have been **led stray** specifically about the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have been led astray not to believe in the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:29 xkvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone has led you astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:29 dax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what God is able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:30 ygr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:30 uaj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν 1 Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:30 qkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor do people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:31 foao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But concerning what happens when people who have died become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:31 essh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:31 ljj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:32 zwbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:32 t7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν & ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** and the participle **living** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives and participles in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:32 qbyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:35 ud5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Matthew is using this verse to introduce **a lawyer** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now one of the Sadducees was a lawyer. He asked Jesus a question in order to test him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:37 xl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 The phrases **with all your heart**, **with all your soul** and **with all your mind** mean similar things. Moses, whom Jesus is quoting, may have been using the three phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely” or “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
22:37 g0mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires, and with all your feelings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:38 q8j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 The terms **greatest** and **first** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
22:39 xk1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δευτέρα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a second commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:40 wpr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Jesus is two of the main parts of the Scriptures, the **Law** and the **Prophets** to mean all of the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
22:40 r9ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the Law and the Prophets as if they were something that a person would **hang** on the **two commandments** that he previously mentioned. This means that the Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:41 pj4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Matthew is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
22:41 foa1 σ rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive υνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:42 xlf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is not asking whose literal son the **Christ** is. Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:42 xhwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:43 cu3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me, then, why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:43 yu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the Spirit** is an idiom that means that David was prompted by the Holy Spirit to write the quote in the next verse. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “David, prompted by the Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:43 ai8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:44 k3f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, **Lord** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:44 as2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/ figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν μου 1 David is using the adjective **right** as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:44 dz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 To sit at the **right** side of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:44 e59n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Here, to **put** the Messiah’s **enemies under** his **feet** means to make his enemies subordinate to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until I might make your enemies subordinate to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:45 d8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David would not call him ‘Lord’ if he were only his son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:46 as3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something that one of Jesus’ listeners might have said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one was able to say anything to him in response” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hypocrites\n\nJesus calls the Pharisees “hypocrites” many times in verses13–29. He carefully explains why he calls them that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey those rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Name-calling\n\nIn most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents.” But Jesus used these words not as insults but as warnings that God would surely punish the Pharisees because they were doing wrong.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([23:11-12](../23/11.md)).
23:1 skq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
23:2 dnu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 Jesus is using the phrase **seat of Moses** to mean having the authority that Moses had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have the authority that Moses had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:4 xce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 Jesus is speaking as if the Pharisees were literally putting **loads, heavy and difficult to carry** on people’s **shoulders**. He means that they are making people try to obey many difficult laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning as a comparison. Alternate translation: “They make you obey many difficult laws as if they were binding up heavy loads and putting them on your shoulders. But they do not obey the same laws, and so it is as if they are not helping to carry those loads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:5 nw4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:5 eqai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
23:5 gcv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φυλακτήρια 1 The term **phylacteries** describes small leather boxes containing papers with scriptures written on them. If it would be helpful, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “devotional boxes containing scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:5 h2qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κράσπεδα 1 Here, **tassels** refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes to show that they were devoted to God. Your language and culture may have a term for this igdm that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:7 cbe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:7 a7pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated **men** in [23:5](../23/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
23:8 uk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But you should not have people call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:8 wjmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since your teacher is one, and since you are all brothers, you should not be called ‘Rabbi’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:8 uqwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person is your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:8 s5du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Here, Jesus says **brothers** to be mean fellow believers. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are all fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:9 xcou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have one heavenly father, you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:9 l33f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 Jesus says **you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’** here as a generalization for emphasis. He is not saying that you cannot call your biological father ‘father’, but he is saying that you cannot use father as a title to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not call someone ‘father’ as a title to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23:9 kcrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 See how you translated **one** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one person is your heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:9 any8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
23:10 q59s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:10 b8ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:10 lp5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23:11 d62b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ & μείζων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **greatest** as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:11 d9xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers, so use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
23:12 e81r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:12 uz88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:13 ts6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. 1 Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have made it so that men cannot live with God forever in the kingdom of the heavens. For neither you will live there, nor will you let anyone else live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13 zpfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have shut the kingdom of the heavens before men, woe to you, scribes and Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:13 qjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 The words **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God's rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13 lhem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people”
23:14 onan rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Some ancient manuscripts include the first part of verse 14. Other ancient manuscripts add that sentence after verse 12. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
23:15 xo45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 Jesus is describing the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:15 iyl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 Here, **to make one a proselyte** means to convince a non-Jewish person to begin practicing the Jewish religion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to convince a non-Jewish person to practice the Jewish religion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:15 bq91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 The expression **son of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. Here, **a son of Gehenna** means a person who is evil and whom God will judge in hell. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an evil person whom God will judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:15 ervf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [5:30](../05/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:16 r5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 See how you translated **blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:16 bqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 When a person **swears by** something, he is calling it to be a witness to the oath that he is making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever calls the temple to be a witness to his oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:16 fjic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 Here, **it is nothing** means that he is not bound to keep his oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not bound to the oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:17 j71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **foolish** and **blind** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:17 s7a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **blind**. He means that they are not able to recognize something in the moral realm that should be obvious. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:17 f9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:18 t7p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **it is nothing** in [23:16](../23/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:18 ngd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ δώρῳ 1 Here, **gift** is referring to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:19 g7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For the gift is certainly not greater than the alter sanctifying the gift!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:19 bb34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:19 fl4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον 1 See how you translated **the gift** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:21 m21b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 Here, **the one inhabiting it** is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is inhabiting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:22 ejw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:23 lg3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:23 es4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **weightier** as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word **matters** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:23 c8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally **weightier** or heavier than the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more important commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:23 m32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα 1 By **these**, Jesus means the commandments he has just mentioned, and by **those**, the means the ones he mentioned earlier. Your language may have its own way of indicating this distinction. Alternate translation: “the latter … and the former” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:23 nn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:24 y84y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 See how you translated **You blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:24 l7fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees were literally **straining out** a tiny **gnat** if they found one in a drink but **swallowing** a large **camel** whole. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are carefully following the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:24 whk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κώνωπα 1 A **gnat** is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny insect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:24 g87t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & κάμηλον 1 A **camel** is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:25 ru45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 Here, cleaning **the outside of the cup and of the plate** represents the Pharisees acting in such a way that people will consider them holy. When Jesus says **inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence**, he is referring the inward desires of the Pharisees. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You try to make yourselves appear righteous by doing good deeds, but in your inner being, you are greedy and self-indulgent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific **Pharisee**. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
23:26 eoor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλέ 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:26 f9p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 See how you translated **inside of the cup and of the plate** and **outside** in in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “First make sure your inward being is righteous, and then you will genuinely appear righteous on the outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:27 kry1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the **scribes and Pharisees** with **whitewashed tombs**. Jesus states the plain meaning in the next verse, so you do not need to do that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
23:27 ta1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:29 tse6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:30 f0hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You also say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
23:30 kkf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:30 x99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 Jesus is using the word **blood ** to mean “death” by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:31 l7rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων 1 Jesus may be using the term **sons** to mean descendants. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are the descendants of the ones having killed” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:31 eale rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων 1 Jesus may also be using the expression **sons of** to describe people who share the qualities of something. He would be saying that the scribes and Pharisees share the quality of resistance to God that led their ancestors to kill the prophets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are resistant to God just like your ancestors, who killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:32 bpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to **fill up** a **measure** of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their ancestors began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now you finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:32 hmsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 The implication is that the scribes and Pharisees would **fill up the measure** of their **fathers** by killing the greatest prophet of all, the Messiah. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Now, by killing the Messiah, finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:32 vhes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Even though Jesus is using an imperative form, he does not actually want the Pharisees to **fill up the measure** of their **fathers** by killing him, the Messiah. If they did that, they would not be obeying a command from him. Instead, Jesus is using a figure of speech in which he says the opposite of what he means. He does that in order to warn the scribes and Pharisees about where their attitude and behavior will lead if they do not change those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You should be very concerned, because if you do not stop resisting God, you will finish the sins of your ancestors by killing the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
23:33 va5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The terms **serpents** and **vipers** mean similar things. Both are names of poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:33 cfj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **serpents** and **offspring of vipers**. He means that they are evil. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:33 blv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **offspring of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, **vipers** represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:33 vi6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:33 u1ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [5:30](../05/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:35 l7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **blood** of **righteous** people would literally **come upon** the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God might consider you guilty for shedding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:35 h5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος 1 Jesus is using the word **blood** to mean murder by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the guilt for all of the murders of righteous people on the earth … the murder … the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:35 espy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα δίκαιον 1 Jesus is speaking by association as if the **blood** of righteous people were **righteous** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blood of righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:35 z95g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 **Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was the last righteous person whose murder was recorded in the Hebrew Scriptures in the order in which the Jews of this time likely read them. Jesus is using these first and last men to represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all throughout human history” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:35 s11l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 By using the term **you**, Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees he is addressing had killed **Zechariah**, but he means by association that their ancestors killed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom your ancestors killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:37 xuj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα 1 Jesus is using the term **Jerusalem** to mean the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, the ones killing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:37 vne9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be more natural in your language, you could show in your translation that Jesus is talking about Jerusalem rather than to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
23:37 tz4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:37 t9y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 Jesus is speaking as if Jerusalem had **children**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:37 xv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 The point of this comparison is that Jesus wishes he could comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a **hen** does that for her **chicks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
23:37 as8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 A **hen** is a female chicken. You could translate this with the name of a bird familiar in your culture that protects her chicks under her wing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:38 e5sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you desolate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
23:38 ck2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:39 ig61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 See how you translated **in the name of** in [21:9](../21/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The end of the age”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### The example of Noah\n\nIn the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “Let”\n\nThe ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators may select the most natural ways in their own languages.\n\n### “The one”\n\nSeveral times in this chapter, Jesus speaks of “the one” who does a certain thing. (Matthew himself uses that phrase in verse 15.) This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. For example, in verse 13, Jesus says that “the one having endured to the end, he will be saved.” You might say that “whoever endures to the end will be saved.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
24:1 ke79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, **temple** is referring to the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:2 mh5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you see all of these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:2 ecdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:3 e1is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “that you are about to come and reign in power and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:3 uf7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:3 pudy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγοντες, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the disciples came to him by themselves asked Jesus to tell them when these things would be and what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:4 s64s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [22:29](../22/29.md). Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:4-5 q6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ.\nπολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will lead many astray, you ought to be careful not to be led astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:5 w7i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For many will come in my name saying that they are the Christ, and they will lead many people astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:5 lq71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:5 twh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:6 pgdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μελλήσετε & ἀκούειν πολέμους, καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 This probably means implicitly that the disciples will hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening (**reports of wars**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are going to hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:6 hdz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:6 fvq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ τέλος 1 Here, the end implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:7 ygf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:7 xuow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people who live within them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of one nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of one kingdom against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:7 tc4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “some nations will attack other nations, and some kingdoms will attack other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
24:7 fmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ 1 The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:7 xo7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise up against kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24:8 cnrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα δὲ ταῦτα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:8 q4gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 Jesus uses the image of **birth pains** to indicate that in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you may wish to retain this metaphor in your translation. You could express it as a simile if your language would not say directly that **these things** are **birth pangs**. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:9 uw1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated **nations** in [24:7](../24/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:9 nsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 See how you translated **my name** in [24:5](../24/05.md) Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:10 kvbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these hardships will cause many people to stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:10 a4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 Here, **to stumble** means to stop believing in God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will stop believing in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:11 fo6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will rise up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:11 mi2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 Here, **will be raised up** is an idiom that means “will come.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:11 tjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 See how you translated **lead … astray** in [24:4](../24/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:12 ohq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:12 w4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people will commit more lawless deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:12 bu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **love of many** would literally **grow cold**. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love other people” (2) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:13 v3ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 See how you translated **But the one having endured to the end, he will be saved** in [10:22](../10/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:13 sheo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the phrase **the one** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action described. Here and in the other instances of the phrase in this chapter, express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
24:14 x3e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “my disciples will preach this gospel of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:14 opuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the message about how God rules as a king over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:14 y65s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 See how you translated **nations** in [24:7](../24/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:15 mf1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about which Daniel the prophet spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:15 lhas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is found in [Daniel 9:27](../dan/09/27.md), [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md), and [Daniel 12:11](../12/11.md). Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with those passages, which prophesy about **the abomination** defiling the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:15 lz9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get his readers to pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by not enclosing it within quotation marks or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
24:17 iv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of his roof should escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:18 a6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus' time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:18 duz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 See how you translated **cloak** in [5:40](../05/40.md). See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:19 kq12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:19 piql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:19 f533 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
24:20 u4jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **flight**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you would not have to flee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:20 m6mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
24:22 ndr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “If God had not shortened those days, then he would have saved no flesh … he will shorten those days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:22 f692 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “if God were not going to shorten those days, no flesh would be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
24:22 vd3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the word **shortened**. Alternate translation: “if those days had continued” or “if God had allowed those days to continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
24:22 r9qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in [16:17](../16/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:23 avm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what his disciples should do if someone claims that they have found the Messiah. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ Then you should not believe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
24:24 s3te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:24 nx14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα 1 The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
24:24 n744 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανῆσαι 1 See how you translated **lead astray** in [24:5](../24/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:24 y0ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [24:22](../24/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
24:26 fmx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:26 zxg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:27 j1w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The point of this comparison is that just as lightning flashes across the whole sky and so is obvious to see, so the Son of Man will be obvious to see when he returns. He will not be out “in the wilderness” or “in the inner rooms,” as Jesus says in verse 25 that some will claim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the coming of the Son of Man will be obvious to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:27 za8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:28 mu35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come” (2) Alternate translation: “Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
24:28 fo7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:28 ivl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοί 1 The word **vultures** describes large birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a vulture is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable scavenger bird in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:29 zmm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time of tribulation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:29 zuk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:29 w1bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:30 yc2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the sign of me, the Son of Man, will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 Your language may need to say who will make this **sound of a trumpet**. That could be the Son of Man himself or an angel. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will sound a trumpet and send his angels” or “God will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
24:31 rlb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:31 ibw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express, which is how far the angels will go to gather the elect. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:31 wp9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 This expression means “from every direction from which the wind blows,” envisioning the four primary directions of north, south, east, and west. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this in plain language. Alternate translation: “from every part of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:33 cu5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:33 cfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 Jesus is speaking of himself as if he were a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. He means that he would be just about to return to earth. Alternate translation: “about to return to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:34 gld5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
24:34 y73t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 This could refer implicitly to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all the people who will be alive when these things happen that Jesus has just described. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:34 r6sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
24:35 i8vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Jesus is using the two main components of creation, **heaven** and **earth**, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “All of creation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
24:35 e6bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ & λόγοι μου 1 Jesus is using the term **words** to mean the things he has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:36 q4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
24:36 vico rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 By **that day and hour**, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:36 n0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows, not the angels in heaven, nor the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
24:36 wq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Here, **the heavens** refers implicitly to the place where God lives. It does not refer to the sky. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:36 p5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:36 espb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:37 hf51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time of Noah was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:37 cpn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:38 pfyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες 1 Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:38 lh9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν 1 See how you translated **days** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the time before the flood … until the time when Noah entered the ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:38 ectm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν κιβωτόν 1 The term **ark** refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:39 ffa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **they did not know** means that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they did not realize what was about to happen to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:39 ah5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἦρεν ἅπαντας 1 Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **took them all away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “killed them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
24:39 wcav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the flood of Noah, which came unexpectedly, with his own coming, which will be similarly unexpected. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, the coming of the Son of Man will be unexpected” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:40 uzz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 It is implied that these **two** are working **in the field**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:40 gt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:41 eail rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:43 ak6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε, 1 To help his disciples understand his message, Jesus tells a story. He explains its meaning in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you a story to help you understand this:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
24:43 ki5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποίᾳ φυλακῇ 1 Here, **watch of night** is an idiom that means a certain time during the night, referring to how some would take turns keeping “watch” for a certain length of time to protect others who were asleep. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what time during the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:43 lg7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Jesus implies that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed the thief to break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:44 gd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:44 tub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι 1 Here, Jesus is explaining the meaning of his parable. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the owner of the house prepares in case a thief comes, so you should also be ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
24:44 ess8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ᾗ & ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:45 f92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples and to make them think. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly a faithful servant is the one whom his master appoints over his house in order to give them food at the proper time!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:45 d462 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that the **the master** leaves the house over which he appoints his servant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, when he leaves, `appoints over his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:45 k3j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 The connecting word **to** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which **his master has appointed** him is **to give them their food**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
24:48 f9ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **in his heart** in [5:28](../05/28.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:48 per6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that evil slave says in his heart that his master is delaying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:50 bz5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 The phrases **on a day that he does not expect** and **at an hour that he does not know** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. It may be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the meaning might be unclear, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not expect, yes, at an hour that he does not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:50 ss9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 Jesus is using the terms **day** and **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do that, you may wish to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “at a time that he does not expect, yes, at an time that he does not know” or “at a time that he is not expecting at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:51 jj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 Here, **cut him in pieces** is an idiom that means to punish someone severely. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:51 rwd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
25:intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nJesus told the parable of the ten virgins in [25:1–13](../25/01.md) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the appointed time, the bridegroom would go to his bride’s house and she would be waiting for him there. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. In this parable, the bridegroom represents Jesus, the five foolish virgins represent false believers in Jesus who do not prepare for Jesus’ return, and the five wise virgins represent true Christians who are ready for Jesus to come back at the end of the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The parable of the talents\n\nJesus told the parable of the talents in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) to teach that true Christians use the blessings that God gives them in order to live fruitful lives that glorify him. Jesus’ hearers could understand the parable because they knew about investing money and the relationship between masters and slaves. In this parable, the master represents Jesus, the “talents” (a form of money) represent blessings from God, the two good slaves represent true Christians who faithfully use the blessings that God gives them, and the wicked slave represents false believers in Jesus. \n\nA talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed nearly 30 kilograms or over 60 pounds. One silver talent was the equivalent of over 16 years’ wages for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See the suggestions at each occurrence of the word “talent” in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])\n
25:1 em28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τότε 1 Here, **Then** refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in [24:37](../24/37.md) and the “day your Lord is coming” in [24:42](../24/42.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:1 zfdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις 1 In [25:1–13](../25/01.md), Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. See the discussion of this parable in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n
25:1 pg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:1 uhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαμπάδας 1 The **lamps** in this story are small containers that produce light by burning oil that is absorbed by a wick. Someone had to trim the wick and supply enough oil to keep the wick burning in order for the lamp to continue producing light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil to produce light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:1 jfsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 Here, **meeting of the bridegroom** refers to the Jewish wedding practice of the bride and bridesmaids waiting for the bridegroom to come and get his bride and take her to the wedding feast. The fact that they took **lamps** also implies that they **went out** during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to wait for the bridegroom to come and take his bride to the wedding feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:2 c8nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the “virgins” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “five of the virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:2 ena4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πέντε φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “five were wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:3 b37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 Jesus’ hearers would have understood that the **oil** was used to keep the **lamps** lit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “oil with themselves to keep their lamps lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:5 qf4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 Here, **they** refers to the ten virgins mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:5 pvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον 1 The word **and** indicates that the event in the previous phrase happened before the event in the next phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then began to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
25:6 o62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The person speaking uses the term **Behold** here to get the ten virgins to focus their attention on what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
25:6 py59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “someone cried that they should pay attention, the bridegroom was coming, and they should go out to the meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:7 knmn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “awoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:7 ni6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 The oil **lamps** people used at that time produced light from a burning wick. That wick had to be **trimmed** in order for it to keep burning properly. If this would be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression for preparing a lamp. Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:8 cp7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to the wise ones that they should give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:8 i1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 Here, **going out** refers to the **lamps** running out of oil so that the fire in them would stop burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:9 ybzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that there would certainly not be enough for themselves and the foolish ones, so the foolish ones should go instead to the ones selling and buy for themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:9 j6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 It is implied that **the wise ones** are referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you. Go instead to the ones selling oil and buy some oil for yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:9 gr5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 By answering in this way, **the wise ones** imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will not give you any oil! There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:9 qwkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. The wise virgins use them together to emphasize that they do not have enough oil to share with the foolish virgins. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n
25:9 s43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the wise virgins, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
25:10 rfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to the five foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five foolish virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:10 jej8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:10 t229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 Here, **the prepared ones** refers to the five wise virgins who had enough oil for their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins who had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:10 g29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:11 ys4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχονται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
25:11 gbdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the master should open for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:11 ouya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here, **open** is an imperative, but since the **virgins** cannot command the **master** to do this, you could translate this phrase as polite request. Alternate translation: “please open for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
25:11 e5pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here **the other virgins** are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can enter the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:12 dxz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he said to them truly that he did not know them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:12 h4a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not open the door for you because I do not know you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:13 i7nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in [25:1–12](../25/01.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
25:13 r7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γρηγορεῖτε 1 Here Jesus implies that believers must **stay alert** for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:13 xfdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **the day** and **the hour** refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
25:14 zqi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὥσπερ 1 Here, **it** refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:14 oy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν 1 Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 See the discussion of the talent as a unit of money in the General Notes to this chapter to decide how to represent these numbers of **talents** in your translation. Alternate translation: “an amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an amount equal to 32 years’ wages … an amount equal to 16 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])\n
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “and to one slave he gave two talents, and to one slave he gave one talent. He gave to each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 Here, **his** refers to each slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to each of them according to each one’s own ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:16 qkr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in the previous verse to decide how to translate it here and in the rest of the parable. Alternate translation: “the amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an equal amount” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
25:17 u4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave with the two talents also gained another two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:18 begc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ & τὸ ἓν λαβὼν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave having received the one talent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:19 vc9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened **a long time** after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “A long time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
25:19 uejo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and settled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
25:19 s33o συναίρει λόγον 1 Alternate translation: “called them to give an account of how they had used his money”
25:20 gkpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the master had handed over to him five talents, but behold, he had gained five talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:21 j1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and was a good and faithful slave. The master also said that he had been faithful over a few things, so he would appoint him over many things. The master told him to enter into the joy of his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:21 l5mg εὖ 1 Your culture might have an expression that someone in authority would use to show that he approves of what someone working under his authority has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
25:21 d2s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴσελθε εἰς 1 Here, **Enter into** represents experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
25:21 u9od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Here the **master** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:22 xt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:23 hsb6 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The contents of this verse are identical to [25:21](../25/21.md). Translate both verses identically.
25:24 hhvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that his master was a strict man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:24 au9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Jesus’ audience would have known that the master was referring to **reaping** and **gathering** crops and sowing and scattering seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed, and gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
25:24 m8an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. The slave says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how **strict** he thinks the master is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “surely harvesting crops that you did not plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
25:24 xj4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 In these two clauses, the slave is speaking of the master as if he were a farmer who harvests a crop that someone else had planted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “benefitting from the labor of other people” or “like a farmer who reaps crops where he did not sow seed and gathers crops where he did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:25 nowo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ. ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his master that, having become afraid, he went away and hid the master’s talent in the ground. He told his master to behold, he had what was his” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:25 wl5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβηθεὶς 1 This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and **hid** the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
25:26 u6do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [25:24](../25/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ 1 Here, **bankers** refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have **bankers**, or if your culture does not allow **interest** payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:28 cq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ 1 The master implies that **everyone having** are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
25:29 r7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
25:29 xv1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 Both occurrences of **it** here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:29 b93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The master is speaking of a group of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
25:29 pcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος 1 The master implies that **the one not having** is any slave who does not use what he has been given faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the one who does not use the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
25:29 mdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:30 t24f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verses. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And the master commanded his slaves to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there would be weeping and grinding of the teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:30 c2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:30 zy3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
25:31 qtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that Jesus has finished telling the story in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) and is about to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
25:31 e7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person in [25:31–33](../25/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
25:31 mu1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25:31 lkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
25:31 gx81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus’ hearers would have known that a king sits on his **throne** in order to rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar expression in [19:28](../19/28.md). Alternate translation: “he will sit on his glorious throne to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:32 n91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:32 f2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The angels may be the ones doing the action, as suggested by [13:41](../13/41.md), [13:49](../13/49.md) and the reference to angels in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “his angels will gather all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus compares separating people into two groups to a **shepherd** separating two different types of animals into two groups. If your readers would be unfamiliar with shepherding or these animals, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as someone separates two different types of animals into two groups” or “into two groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
25:33 bptq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια 1 Here Jesus refers to true believers, whom he calls “the righteous ones” in [25:37](../25/37.md), as **sheep**. He also refers to unbelievers as **goats**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true believers … the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:33 quw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns in order to indicate his **right** and **left** sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
25:33 wh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 The **right** side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By placing the **sheep on his right**, Jesus was symbolically conferring honor and authority on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the place of honor on his right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man, who is Jesus. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:34 ngbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:34 rb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his right** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:36 cj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με. 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:34 w1du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in **the kingdom** of God as if **the kingdom** were property that people could **inherit** from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
25:35 bd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they invited him in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:35 wchh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why righteous people inherit the kingdom, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Inherit the kingdom because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
25:35 f9zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με & συνηγάγετέ με 1 Jesusis leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink … you invited me into your homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:36 ur3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:37 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The **righteous ones** are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:38 us2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:37](../25/37.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:38 fh6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συνηγάγομεν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 See how you translated the same use of **King** in [25:34](../25/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:40 i2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom **the King** spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
25:40 sjbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
25:40 acs3 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Alternate translation: “of the least significant”
25:40 nh4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
25:40 nkbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 The phrase **brothers of mine** here does not refer to Jesus’ actual **brothers**, but he is referring to everyone who believes in him as his **brothers**. Jesus says this because he considers them to be part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are like brothers to me” or “who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n
25:40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is as if you did it for me”
25:41 z1nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐρεῖ καὶ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:41 aox4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:33](../25/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
25:41 wii6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 Here a direct quotation within a direct quotation begins and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he also will say to the ones on his left that they should depart from him, being accursed ones, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:41 pr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατηραμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you whom God has cursed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:41 hqf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:42 u2od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:42 yrvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the “accursed ones” must go “into the eternal fire,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Go into the eternal fire because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
25:42 fbyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:43 h45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:41](../25/41.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was a stranger, and they did not invite him in; naked, and they did not clothe him; sick and in prison, and they did not care for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:43 g6ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your homes; I was naked, and you did not clothe me; I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:44 hiy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **they** here refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he spoke to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
25:44 bnny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when did they see him hungry, or hungry, or a stranger, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:45 nlkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποκριθήσεται 1 Here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:45 zc8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did not do it for one of the least of those, they did not do it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
25:45 uryd ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
25:45 j8r5 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:40](../25/40.md).
25:45 nm2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these** refers to believers, whom Jesus calls “brothers of mine” in [25:40](../25/40.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of these people who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:46 m6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he has been speaking to in the previous three verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
25:46 nj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον & εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **eternal punishment** refers to the place where the unrighteous people will be punished, and **eternal life** refers to place where the righteous people will be rewarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will go away into the place where they will be eternally punished … into the place where they will live eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will go into eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [26:31](../26/31.md), however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[26:26–28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([26:61](../26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Matthewis leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:1 xiv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to everything that Jesus taught in [24:3](../24/03.md)–[25:46](../25/46.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover **festival**, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:6–13](../26/06.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Matthew implies that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
26:7 bhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 Here, **alabaster jar** refers to a small container made out of expensive stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this stone, you could use the name of a stone in your area that is expensive and used for making costly containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a costly stone container” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:7 yu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This oil was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this oil, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
26:7 li2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀνακειμένου 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
26:7 ukb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακειμένου 1 At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “as he was sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
26:8 yd03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples became angry and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
26:8 rgp2 εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”
26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:10 fg3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέχετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in [26:9](../26/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
26:13 g45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 **Then** here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated **Twelve** in [10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τί 1 **What** here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτῷ 1 While the first occurrence of **him** in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of **him** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **for him** implies that the chief priests gave the **pieces of silver** to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 Matthew implies that Jesus would **betray** Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:17–25](../26/17.md) a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 **Unleavened Bread** here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:17 zkpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 **My time** here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the **man** to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the [26:17](../26/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [26:7](../26/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 This refers to someone using **his hand** to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will depart just as it is written about me. But woe to that man by whom I am betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using **it is written**, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Rabbi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 **He** here refers to Jesus and **him** refers to **Judas**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:26–56](../26/26.md) is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:26 y6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of **bread**, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this **bread** would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:22](../../mrk/14/22.md). Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** refers to both the **cup** and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐχαριστήσας 1 Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:24](../../mrk/14/24.md). This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his **blood** is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forgiveness** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n
26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:29 tsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν 1 Here, **new** could refer to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../../luk/22/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way with you” or “I drink it anew with you” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:29 q8zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in [3:2](../03/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:30 ed5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally **stumble** or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md). Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep** that belonged to his **flock**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πατάξω 1 Here, **strike** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, **raise up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 See how you translated **stumble** in [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).\n
26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A **rooster crows** just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
26:34 lx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
26:34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me”
26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:38 l5ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
26:38 gf7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am deeply sorrowful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
26:38 c43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 The phrase **to the point of death** refers to feeling like one is about to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:40 luh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι 1 Although Jesus is speaking to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here, **this** and **it** refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in [26:39](../26/39.md). He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were **sleeping**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:44 v3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:47 rlp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the **signal** he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
26:48 nr34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτός 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases **laid hands on** and **seized** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:52 o6m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus implies taking up **a sword** in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which say that this must happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:54 c5g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 Here, **the scriptures** refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Matthew is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **the crowd**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:57 f6nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they **led him away** means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου 1 Here, **where** implies that they brought Jesus to the place where **Caiaphas** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον 1 **Now** here indicates that Matthew is making **the chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])\n
26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
26:59 dpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the **Sanhedrin** to execute people, the **Sanhedrin** had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Matthew implies that what the **many false witnesses** said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἔφη 1 Matthew records these men saying **This one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The **high priest** is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 This phrase indicates that **the high priest** wants **Jesus** to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:63 lry9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:63 zx9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the **high priest** and the rest of the Jewish council, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 See how you translated this in [26:25](../26/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
26:64 ll8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 The phrase **from now on** could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, **the Power** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:64 cui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
26:65 srg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
26:65 t68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The **high priest** is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not have need of any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:65 wh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 The **high priest** uses the term **Behold** to get the Jewish council to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
26:66 mzcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:69–75](../26/69.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πυλῶνα 1 This **gateway** was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:71 s7c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
26:72 e5xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **with an oath** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:73 hde3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from among his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:73 w8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why these people thought Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peters **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:74 zo05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [26:34](../26/34.md).
26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn [27:28–29](../27/28.md) the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (see [27:30](../27/30.md)) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n
27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:1 vz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὥστε 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they could” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
27:1 uuov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 See how you translated **death** in [26:59](../26/59.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:2 jwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been their guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanding the guards to bind him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:2 rdu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπήγαγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
27:2 d6l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 Here Matthew implies that **they led** Jesus **away** from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:2 uu8q παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
27:3 qm12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 **Then** here indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
27:3 v9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:3 pe4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις 1 This phrase refers to the money that **the chief priests** had given **Judas** to betray Jesus, as mentioned in [26:15](../26/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those 30 pieces of silver that they had given to him earlier to the chief priests and elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:4 f6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:4 mf6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The Jewish leaders are not asking for information. They are using this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas has done. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:4 itqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27:4 y4yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ ὄψῃ 1 This sentence is an idiom that the Jewish leaders used to deny being responsible for what Judas had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an equivalent idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “That is your responsibility” or “That is none of our business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:5 tuh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 This clause means that Judas threw **the pieces of silver** into **the temple** building itself, where only priests were allowed to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:6 rguy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put this into the treasury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27:6 r5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 Here, **lawful** refers to being permitted according to Jewish religious laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our religious laws do not allow us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:6 ce2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὰ 1 Here, **this** refers to the 30 **pieces of silver** that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:6 gtp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 The **treasury** refers to the place in the temple where they kept the money given to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money that belongs to the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:6 fv6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τιμὴ αἵματός 1 The **chief priests** are using the possessive form to describe a **price** that is paid for **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
27:6 j2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἵματός 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a man dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:7 x2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:7 mtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “the Field of the Potter” (2) a **field** that had clay used by people who make pots. Alternate translation: “the field where people dug clay for making pots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:7 n6ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could make it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
27:7 e29n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ξένοις 1 Here, **strangers** refers to people who died in Jerusalem and did not live in the city. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:8 nts8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:8 ag2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “up to the time when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:9 rj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 auz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐπληρώθη & λέγοντος 1 Here, **saying** introduces a paraphrase of some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “was fulfilled. He had said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
27:9 g1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ 1 From **And** here to the end of the next verse, Matthew is paraphrasing some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n
27:9 t1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the sons of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 d7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
27:10 c2ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος 1 This verse continues the paraphrase of [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md) and [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md) that Matthew introduced in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of this verse or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n
27:10 s356 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ 1 Here, **they** refers to “the sons of Israel” and **it** refers to the “30 pieces of silver” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gave the pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:10 vs3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς 1 This phrase means that the people bought **the field** with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with it they bought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:10 dufx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:7](../27/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
27:11 pjc5 δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here.
27:11 a2e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone made Jesus stand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:11 a6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 **You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:12 vl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:13 e3td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
27:13 wn2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Pilate is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to express how surprised he is that Jesus does not defend himself. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you hear everything they are bringing against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:13 kc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 **Pilate** implies that he expects Jesus to defend himself in response to the accusations made against him by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? You should answer!” or “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Why don’t you answer them?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:14 xx94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα 1 This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus did not say anything in response to what Pilate said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with even a single word” (2) Jesus did not respond to even one of the accusations that the Jewish leaders had made against him. In this case **word** would be translated as “charge.” Alternate translation: “with regard to even one charge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:14 hbm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε θαυμάζειν 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
27:15 jjp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here marks a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens in [27:17–26](../27/17.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:15 p1ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτὴν 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [26:5](../26/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:15 pfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
27:16 ir01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew introduces more background information, this time about **Barabbas**, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
27:16 q2iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶχον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:16 svr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
27:17 l80q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:17 wrl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:18 a5lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate asked the question in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Pilate asked this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27:18 ugse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and elders of the Jewish people, the first **him** refers to Jesus, and the second **him** refers to Pilate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders had handed Jesus over to Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:18 jq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ φθόνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:19 s5pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
27:19 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλεν 1 Here, **sent word** means that Pilate’s **wife** sent a person to tell Pilate a message by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent someone to tell him a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:19 ga4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ 1 This sentence is an idiom that indicates that Pilates wife did not want Pilate to be involved with anything related to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Let there be nothing between you and that righteous one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:19 v8ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate’s wife told him what she said in the previous sentence. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27:20 ax1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the people chose Barabbas to be released. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:20 al54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the crowds** asked Pilate **for Barabbas** to be released from prison and for Roman soldiers to **kill Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison, but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:21 x6vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δύο 1 Matthew quotes Pilate using the adjective **two* as a noun in order to refer to the **two** men, Jesus and **Barabbas**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
27:22 dpb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
27:22 zl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:22 ttva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:22 kkus rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σταυρωθήτω 1 The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to have someone **crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him be nailed to a cross” or “Let him be executed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:22 uedb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σταυρωθήτω 1 Here, the phrase **Let him be crucified** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
27:23 m5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? 1 Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n
27:23 bijy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:23 nb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:24 oa2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται 1 These two clauses indicate the reason why **Pilate** did what is described in the rest of the verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he was accomplishing nothing, but instead a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27:24 gefl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was accomplishing nothing … a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
27:24 yj8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Pilate **washed his hands** as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
27:24 u1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here Pilate uses **blood** to refer to a person’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
27:24 f4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [27:4](../27/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:25 k1cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **be on us and on our children** is an idiom that means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for what was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We and our children will be responsible for his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:25 n5k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated the same use of **blood** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:25 timm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** refer to the Jewish people, so **us** and **our** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27:25 bsfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα 1 Here, **children** refers to future descendants in general, not only to the **children** of the people who were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “future generations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:26 yb5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπέλυσεν & παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 The first two occurrences of **he** refer to Pilate, but **him** and the third occurrence of **he** refer to **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate released … Pilate handed Jesus over so that Jesus would be crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:26 m63d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέλυσεν & τὸν Βαραββᾶν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually release **Barabbas** or flog **Jesus**, but ordered his soldiers to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded his soldiers to release Barabbas … having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:26 adak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which someone had attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:26 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis παρέδωκεν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
27:26 y3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they would crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:27 zz45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman **governor** stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:27 bn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to as few as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Matthew most likely means that all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:28 id2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ 1 In Roman culture, a **scarlet robe** was worn by kings. The soldiers put a **scarlet robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet robe on him in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:28 yf6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοκκίνην 1 The word **scarlet** refers to a color. Since Mark records in [Mark 15:17](../mrk/15/17.md) that the color of this **robe** was “purple,” the color closely resembled both **scarlet** and “purple.” If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with. Alternate translation: “dark red” or “crimson” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:29 ksjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is made from branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
27:29 km30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thorny branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
27:29 yw94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** on Jesus’ head and put **a reed in his right hand** that resembled a king’s scepter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:29 dlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony γονυπετήσαντες 1 The act of kneeling down was normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of this action. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they have **knelt down** to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “having knelt down as if honoring a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
27:29 qf8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that **they mocked him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they mocked him by saying, ‘Hail, you so-called King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
27:30 ib5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κάλαμον 1 Here, **the reed* refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the reed from his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:32 m5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about **Simon** from **Cyrene**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
27:32 d0ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Your language may say “going out” rather than **coming out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n
27:32 j5wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Here, **coming out** implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they came out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:32 sfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman soldiers, **he** refers to **Simon**, and **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27:33 j6hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha, which means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:33 lopg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here Matthew writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since Matthew translates the meaning later in the verse, you may write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. See the discussion of **Golgotha** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n
27:34 f11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:34 e2uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χολῆς 1 Here, **gall** refers to a bitter tasting liquid that was a pain-relieving medicine. Mark specifically identifies this as liquid that came from the myrrh plant ([Mark 15:23](../../mrk/15/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bitter, pain-relieving medicine”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:35 d4h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “by gambling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:35 u4dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers were **casting lots** in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by casting lots to decide who would take which ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:36 o9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers **kept guard over** Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent people from rescuing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:37 j4s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the charge** refers to the written explanation of the crime Jesus was accused of committing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a written explanation of the crime they were accusing him of doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:37 an2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:38 ms2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture σταυροῦνται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
27:38 zq4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:38 ci6g εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”\n
27:39 d4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by shaking their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
27:40 p6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν 1 The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:40 t23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 The people did not believe that Jesus was **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:40 b5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:42 ff4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
27:42 wu7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:42 j6l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is **the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he really is the King of Israel, let him come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
27:42 vmdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Jewish leaders are suggesting a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to **come down from the cross**. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the King of Israel. Then let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n
27:43 zy1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **has trusted in God**, that God would **rescue him**, or that God **wants him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He claims to trust in God. So let God rescue him now, if he even wants him” or “If he really trusts in God and God really wants him, then let God rescue him now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
27:43 cl97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the robbers whom the soldiers were crucifying with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:45 e7z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
27:45 xsps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 If you decide to translate these phrases in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
27:45 s2l7 ἕκτης ὥρας 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “noon” or “12:00 PM”\n
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “it became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:45 lnkx ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
27:46 rcjr τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
27:46 qyp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idiom that means **Jesus** raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 This sentence is what **Jesus cried out** in the Jewish Aramaic language. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/022/001.md). See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
27:47 y60j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having heard it, misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:48 jm37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄξους 1 Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how **sour wine** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “with common wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:48 bsy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. See how **sponge** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:50 n21n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 See how you translated **cried out** **with a loud voice** in [27:46](../27/46.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:50 fj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 This clause is an idiom that means “willingly died.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how a similar phrase is translated in [John 19:30](../jhn/19/30.md). Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:51 a92g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the surprising event that he describes next in the story. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
27:51 u0pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
27:51 m1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη & ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God tore … God shook the earth, and God split the rocks apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
27:51 xp2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of **the temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:52 a1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs, and he raised many of the bodies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:52 hgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 Here, **fallen asleep** refers to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who had passed away” or “who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
27:52 kj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were caused to live again” or “were made alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:53 q2x5 ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν 1 This could mean: (1) the saints came **out from the tombs** before Jesus came back to life, but did not enter **into the holy city** until after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, after his resurrection they entered into the holy city” (2) the saints came **out from the tombs** after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city”
27:54 f6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened right after the events told in [27:50–51](../27/50.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
27:54 vv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This phrase refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with **the centurion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:54 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers felt **the earthquake** and saw **the things that happened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:54 gw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:55 h0m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ 1 This phrase indicates the purpose for the **women** following **Jesus from Galilee**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of serving him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
27:56 yni6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ 1 Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Matthew refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Mary, who came from Magdala, and another Mary, who was the mother of James and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
27:56 xx27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ 1 **James** and **Joseph** were common names for men at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n
27:56 ud33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:37](../26/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:57 wm5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:57–61](../27/57.md) is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
27:57 sy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 **Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
27:57 o9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had discipled as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:58 kjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that Joseph asked **Pilate** **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:58 c69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:59 eupz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** take Jesus’ body and prepare it for the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, having taken the body, wrapped it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:59 q9q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:59 kj7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
27:60 hvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Matthew implies that Joseph had hired workers to **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he had had workers cut into the rock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:60 lt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ & προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** when he **laid** Jesus’ body in the **tomb** and **rolled a large stone** over the entrance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him laid it … they rolled a large stone against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:62 wxrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:62–66](../27/62.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After those things happened,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
27:62 qj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν 1 Here, **the Preparation** refers to the day before the Sabbath on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. Therefore, **the next day** here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
27:62 j57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:63 ri5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that after three days he would be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:63 ou2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Jesus was referring to **three days** after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After three days of being dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:63 jp1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρομαι 1 The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
27:63 e6uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγείρομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will raise me up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:63 ike6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείρομαι 1 Here, **raised up** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated **raised up** in [20:19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:64 r0qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κέλευσον 1 Here, **command** is an imperative, but since the Jewish leaders cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “we want you to command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers to make the tomb secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
27:64 pwc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
27:64 jgqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ **disciples** might **come** to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:64 km0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised up** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:64 c7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to **dead** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deception**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time they deceive people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:65 dkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns κουστωδίαν 1 The word **guard** here is a singular noun that refers to a group of soldiers. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of guards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
27:66 pk1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 This means that a seal was put on the **stone** that covered the entrance of Jesus’ **tomb**. The seal would break if someone moved the **stone**, thus indicating that the **stone** was moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that was against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:66 e8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς κουστωδίας 1 See how you translated the same use of **guard** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
28:intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([28:1](../28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tomb]])\n\n### “Make disciples”\n\nThe last two verses ([28:19–20](../28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them, and training them to live according to what Jesus commanded. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### An angel of the Lord\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing appearing to the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked like male humans. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
28:1 anr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened soon after the time of the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
28:1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on the first day of the week”
28:1 avwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Matthew uses **first** to imply the **first** day **of the week**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
28:1 gs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal μίαν σαββάτων 1 Here Matthew is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” in the original language to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
28:1 zu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 This **Mary** is the mother of James and Joseph, as stated in [27:56](../27/56.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **the other Mary** in [27:61](../27/61.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:2 j25i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the sudden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
28:2 l4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the **earthquake happened**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
28:2 a5xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 This clause implies that the angel **rolled away the stone** that was covering the entrance to the tomb in which Jesus’ body had been placed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:3 qloc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about an angel at Jesus’ tomb. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
28:3 p12y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **appearance** of the angel was very bright, as **lightning** is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was extremely bright, like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:3 i4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
28:3 bzow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The point of this comparison is that the **clothing** of the angel was pure **white**, as **snow** is pure white. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was pure white, like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:3 orq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is comparing the angel’s clothing to **snow** because **snow** is a very white substance. If your readers would not be familiar with **snow**, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
28:4 u00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the guards’ fear of him caused them to shake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:4 b1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 Matthew compares **the guards** to **dead men** because **dead men** lie on the ground and do no move. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:5 q8dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 Here, **the women** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:5 tbd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people have crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:6 jwc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:64](../27/64.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
28:7 r0p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι 1 Here the angel is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
28:7 sp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead ones. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
28:7 r5cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [27:64](../27/64.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
28:7 a1ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ 1 The angel uses **behold** twice in this verse because he wants the disciples to focus their attention on what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention … Pay attention to what” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
28:7 ljb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν 1 All occurrences of **you** are plural in this verse and refer to the disciples. You may need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n
28:8 j2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδραμον 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary ran” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
28:9 s393 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. See how you translated the same use of **behold** in [28:2](../28/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28:9 nmg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 Here, Matthew implies that the two women knelt down on the ground when they **took hold of his feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:10 hfkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
28:10 etk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Here Jesus refers to his disciples as if they were all **brothers** in his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
28:11 ktu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:11–15](../28/11.md) is a new event that happened during the time of the events the story has just related in [28:9–10](../28/09.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
28:11 mu4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **they** in [28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
28:11 rnr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδού 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
28:11 egn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Here, **the guards** refers to the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guards who had been at the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:11 yvgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:12 ht82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθέντες 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:12 birm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come by night, stole him while we are sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
28:13 s0bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **we** refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
28:14 n8xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:14 u13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Here, **the governor** refers to Pilate, as indicated in [27:2](../27/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:14 x57k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, **we** refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
28:14 exuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πείσομεν 1 Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will **persuade** **the governor** not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:15 yu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:15 cp7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 Here, **today** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
28:16 h1ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:16–20](../28/16.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
28:17 pze9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἐδίστασαν 1 Matthew implies that **some** of the disciples **doubted** that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the disciples doubted that it was Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:18 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:18 c9m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority** you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been authorized to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
28:18 sm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to refer to everyone and everything everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over everything everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
28:19 sf28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative πορευθέντες 1 In this clause Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
28:19 yz6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28:19 oc88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The phrase **make disciples** implies telling people the gospel message so that they can believe it and become Jesus’ **disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “preach the gospel to people of all the nations so that they will become Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:19 l5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 Here, **name** represents the authority of **the Father**, **the Son**, and **the Holy Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
28:19 pmg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Here **in name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit** could mean: (1) by being baptized, the **disciples of all the nations** would be acknowledging God’s authority over their lives. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (2) **the name** is the authority by which **disciples** are baptized. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:19 kwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
28:20 lm0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative διδάσκοντες 1 Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
28:20 mz6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here Jesus uses **behold** to emphasize the truth of what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “truly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
See in Reader
